1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
72 #include "xsettings.h"
74 #include "sysselect.h"
77 #include <X11/Shell.h>
85 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
90 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
94 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
96 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
97 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
99 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
101 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
102 #if defined USE_MOTIF
103 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
104 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
105 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
111 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
112 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
114 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
116 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
117 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
118 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
119 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
121 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
125 #ifndef XtNinitialState
126 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
130 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
136 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
140 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
145 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
148 static bool any_help_event_p
;
150 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
151 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
153 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
156 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
159 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
160 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
161 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
163 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
165 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
167 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
169 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
174 } pending_event_wait
;
177 /* The application context for Xt use. */
178 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
179 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
181 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
183 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
184 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
186 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
187 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
188 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
190 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
194 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
195 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
196 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
197 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
199 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
201 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
202 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
203 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
204 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
205 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
206 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
207 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
208 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
209 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
212 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
214 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
215 static struct frame
*last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
217 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
219 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
220 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
223 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
224 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
227 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
229 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
230 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
231 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
232 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
233 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
234 it's somewhat accurate. */
236 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
238 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
240 static Time last_user_time
;
242 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
245 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
247 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
249 static int x_noop_count
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
253 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
254 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
257 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
258 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
260 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
261 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
264 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
265 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
269 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
274 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
275 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
276 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
277 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
280 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
281 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
283 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
284 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
285 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
286 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
287 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
296 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
297 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
298 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
299 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
300 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
301 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
302 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
303 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
304 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
305 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
306 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
307 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
308 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
309 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
310 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
312 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
313 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
314 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
315 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
317 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
318 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
319 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
320 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
321 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
322 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
323 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
324 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
326 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
327 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
328 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
329 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
330 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
331 int *, struct input_event
*);
333 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
335 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
336 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
337 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
338 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
339 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
340 static void x_initialize (void);
343 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
346 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
348 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
349 connection may be broken. */
350 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
356 eassert (FRAME_X_P (f
));
357 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
361 /* Flush all displays and so all frames on them. */
362 struct x_display_info
*xdi
;
363 for (xdi
= x_display_list
; xdi
; xdi
= xdi
->next
)
364 XFlush (xdi
->display
);
370 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
371 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
372 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
373 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
374 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
377 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
380 /***********************************************************************
382 ***********************************************************************/
386 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
387 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
395 struct record event_record
[100];
397 int event_record_index
;
400 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
402 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
403 event_record_index
= 0;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
406 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
407 event_record_index
++;
414 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
416 struct x_display_info
*
417 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
421 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
422 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
429 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
431 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
432 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
433 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
435 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
439 unsigned int nchildren
;
442 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
449 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
452 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
455 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
456 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
458 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
483 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
484 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
485 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
486 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
488 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
490 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
491 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
492 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
494 /* return unless necessary */
499 unsigned long n
, left
;
501 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
503 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
506 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
508 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
518 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
519 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
520 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
525 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
527 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
531 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
533 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
537 /***********************************************************************
538 Starting and ending an update
539 ***********************************************************************/
541 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
542 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
543 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
544 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
545 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
554 /* Start update of window W. Set output_cursor to the cursor
558 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
560 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
561 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
563 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
567 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
569 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
570 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
572 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
574 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
575 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
582 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
585 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
587 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
590 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
592 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
595 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
596 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
599 /* End update of window W.
601 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
602 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
604 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
605 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
606 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
608 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
609 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
613 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
614 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
616 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
618 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
623 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
625 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
627 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
628 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
633 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
634 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
635 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
637 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
638 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
639 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
644 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
648 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
650 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
651 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
655 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
661 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
662 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
665 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
668 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
672 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
673 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
674 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
675 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
676 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
679 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
686 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
687 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
689 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
690 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
691 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
692 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
693 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
694 overhead is very small. */
695 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
696 && desired_row
->full_width_p
697 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
698 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
700 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
703 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
706 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
707 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
708 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
709 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
710 y
, width
, height
, False
);
716 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
718 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
719 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
720 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
721 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
722 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
724 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
725 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
729 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
731 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
732 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
733 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
734 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
736 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
740 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
741 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
742 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
743 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
744 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
745 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
746 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
747 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
749 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
753 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
754 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
755 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
759 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
760 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
761 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
762 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
766 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
768 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
769 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
771 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
776 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
778 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
779 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
781 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
782 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
787 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
788 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
791 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
797 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
798 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
802 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
804 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
806 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
808 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
810 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
811 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
813 face
->background
, depth
);
817 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
818 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
821 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
822 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
823 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
824 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
827 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
828 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
829 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
833 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
834 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
835 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
839 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
844 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
845 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
846 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
850 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
854 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
855 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
858 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
863 /***********************************************************************
865 ***********************************************************************/
869 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
870 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
871 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
872 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
873 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
874 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
875 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
876 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
877 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
878 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
880 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
881 unsigned long *, double, int);
882 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
883 double, int, unsigned long);
884 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
886 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
889 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
891 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
892 int, int, int, int, int, int,
894 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
895 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
896 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
899 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
903 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
907 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
909 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
910 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
911 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
913 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
916 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
920 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
921 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
923 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
924 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
925 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
926 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
927 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
928 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
929 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
931 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
932 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
933 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
935 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
936 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
939 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
940 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
941 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
943 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
944 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
947 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
948 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
950 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
955 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
958 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
963 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
964 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
965 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
967 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
969 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
970 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
972 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
973 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
974 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
976 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
980 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
985 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
986 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
987 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
988 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
990 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
991 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
994 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
995 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
997 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1000 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1004 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1005 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1006 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1009 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1011 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1015 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1016 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1020 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1022 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1024 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1026 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1027 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1029 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1031 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1032 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1034 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1036 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1039 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1041 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1042 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1044 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1045 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1047 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1048 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1052 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1053 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1056 /* GC must have been set. */
1057 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1061 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1062 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1065 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1067 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1068 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1071 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1076 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1077 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1081 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1086 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1088 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1091 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1096 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1099 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1102 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1103 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1105 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1107 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1109 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1110 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1113 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1114 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1115 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1119 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1121 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1123 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1124 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1125 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1129 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1130 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1135 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1138 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1141 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1142 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1143 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1144 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1148 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1149 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1150 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1151 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1152 contains the first component of a composition. */
1155 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1157 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1158 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1159 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1161 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1165 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1166 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1167 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1168 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1169 s
->background_width
,
1170 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1171 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1172 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1174 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1175 || s
->font_not_found_p
1176 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1179 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1180 s
->background_width
,
1181 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1182 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1188 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1191 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1195 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1196 of S to the right of that box line. */
1197 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1198 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1199 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1203 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1205 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1207 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1209 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1210 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1211 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1213 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1218 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1219 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1222 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1223 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1225 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1227 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1228 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1230 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1231 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1232 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1236 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1239 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1242 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1244 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1245 of S to the right of that box line. */
1246 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1247 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1248 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1252 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1253 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1254 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1255 this composition. */
1257 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1258 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1259 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1261 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1263 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1265 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1269 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1270 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1271 space on the left or right. */
1272 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1274 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1275 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1277 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1278 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1279 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1284 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1289 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1291 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1292 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1293 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1296 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1300 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1301 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1302 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1305 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1306 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1307 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1309 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1319 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1320 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1326 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1329 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1331 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1335 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1336 of S to the right of that box line. */
1337 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1338 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1339 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1345 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1347 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1348 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1350 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1353 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1354 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1358 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1359 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1360 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1361 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1362 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1363 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1366 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1368 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1369 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1370 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1376 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1379 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1380 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1382 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1383 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1385 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1386 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1387 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1389 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1390 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1391 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1394 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1395 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1396 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1397 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1398 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1399 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1403 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1407 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1408 cannot be determined. */
1410 static struct frame
*
1411 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1413 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1414 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1417 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1419 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1420 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1421 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1422 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1423 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1424 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1426 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1427 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1428 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1432 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1433 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1434 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1440 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1441 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1442 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1443 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1444 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1445 Value is true if successful. */
1448 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1449 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1451 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1452 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1455 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1458 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1459 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1461 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1463 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1465 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1470 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1471 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1473 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1476 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1478 DPY is the display we are working on.
1480 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1481 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1482 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1483 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1485 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1486 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1488 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1489 we allocated the color or not.
1491 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1494 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1495 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1496 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1506 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1507 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1509 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1513 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1514 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1515 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1517 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1519 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1520 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1522 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1524 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1525 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1527 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1528 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1530 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1531 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1536 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1538 params
[0] = color_name
;
1539 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1540 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1541 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1546 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1548 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1550 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1554 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1558 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1559 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1562 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1567 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1568 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1569 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1571 APP is the application context in which we work.
1573 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1574 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1575 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1577 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1580 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1585 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1587 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1590 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1592 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1593 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1594 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1595 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1596 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1601 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1604 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1605 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1606 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1607 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1609 static const XColor
*
1610 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1612 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1614 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1616 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1617 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1620 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1621 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1622 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1624 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1625 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1627 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1628 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1631 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1632 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1636 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1637 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1640 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1644 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1647 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1649 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1650 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1651 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1652 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1656 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1660 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1661 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1664 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1666 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1670 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1671 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1672 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1676 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1680 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1683 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1684 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1685 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1686 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1688 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1689 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1690 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1692 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1694 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1696 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1697 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1698 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1699 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1701 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1704 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1708 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1709 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1710 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1711 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1715 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1716 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1717 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1718 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1719 XColor
*cached_color
;
1721 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1722 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1723 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1724 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1725 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1727 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1728 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1729 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1733 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1735 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1736 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1742 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1743 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1744 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1748 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1750 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1751 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1755 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1756 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1757 get color reference counts right. */
1760 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1764 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1766 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1767 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1769 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1770 register_color (pixel
);
1776 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1779 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1780 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1781 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1782 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1783 use an additional additive factor.
1785 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1786 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1787 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1790 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1791 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1792 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1793 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1794 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1795 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1798 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1804 /* Get RGB color values. */
1805 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1806 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1808 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1809 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1810 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1811 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1812 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1814 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1815 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1817 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1818 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1819 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1820 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1821 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1823 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1824 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1825 /* The additive adjustment. */
1826 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1830 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1831 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1832 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1836 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1837 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1838 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1842 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1843 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1846 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1848 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1849 delta to the RGB values. */
1850 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1852 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1853 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1854 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1855 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1866 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1867 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1868 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1869 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1870 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1871 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1874 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1877 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1878 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1879 unsigned long pixel
;
1880 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1881 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1882 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1883 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1885 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1886 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1888 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1889 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1890 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1892 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1894 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1895 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1898 /* Allocate new color. */
1899 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1901 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1902 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1904 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1905 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1908 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1910 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1912 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1915 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1919 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1922 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1924 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1925 unsigned long color
;
1927 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1928 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1929 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1931 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1932 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1937 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1938 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1939 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1942 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1943 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1945 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1946 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1947 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1948 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1949 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1954 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1955 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1956 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1957 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1958 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1959 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1963 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1964 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1965 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1966 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1968 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1969 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1974 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1976 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1977 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1979 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1980 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1981 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1988 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1989 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1990 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1992 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1993 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1994 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1995 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2002 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2004 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2005 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2007 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2008 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2009 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2010 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2013 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2015 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2017 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2018 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2022 /* Outermost top line. */
2024 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2025 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2026 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2028 /* Outermost left line. */
2030 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2036 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2037 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2038 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2039 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2040 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2041 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2042 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2048 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2049 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2050 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2051 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2052 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2053 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2056 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2060 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2061 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2062 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2063 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2064 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2065 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2068 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2069 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2070 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2074 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2075 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2076 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2079 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2080 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2084 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2085 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2088 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2089 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2093 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2094 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2096 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2097 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2101 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2104 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2106 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2107 int left_p
, right_p
;
2108 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2109 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2111 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2112 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2113 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2115 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2116 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2118 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2120 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2121 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2123 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2125 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2127 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2129 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2130 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2132 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2133 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2134 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2136 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2138 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2140 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2141 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2142 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2145 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2146 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2147 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2152 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2155 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2158 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2160 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2161 right of that line. */
2162 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2163 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2165 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2167 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2169 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2170 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2171 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2172 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2178 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2179 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2180 trust on the shape extension to be available
2181 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2183 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2186 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2188 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2189 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2190 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2191 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2192 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2194 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2197 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2198 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2199 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2200 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2201 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2202 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2206 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2208 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2211 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2212 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2213 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2214 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2215 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2216 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2218 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2219 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2220 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2221 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2222 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2223 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2224 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2226 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2227 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2228 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2229 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2230 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2235 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2236 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2237 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2241 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2244 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2246 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2249 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2251 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2252 right of that line. */
2253 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2254 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2256 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2258 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2260 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2261 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2262 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2263 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2265 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2266 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2268 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2269 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2273 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2274 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2277 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2278 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2279 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2281 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2282 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2283 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2284 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2285 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2286 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2287 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2288 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2290 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2291 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2292 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2293 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2297 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2300 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2303 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2305 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2306 right of that line. */
2307 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2308 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2310 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2312 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2314 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2315 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2316 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2317 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2323 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2324 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2325 trust on the shape extension to be available
2326 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2328 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2332 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2333 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2334 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2335 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2336 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2338 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2339 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2340 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2341 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2345 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2346 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2347 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2349 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2350 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2351 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2352 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2353 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2354 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2355 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2357 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2358 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2359 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2360 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2365 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2366 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2367 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2371 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2372 give the rectangle to draw. */
2375 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2379 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2380 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2381 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2382 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2385 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2389 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2392 s->x +-------------------------
2395 | +-------------------------
2398 | | +-------------------
2404 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2406 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2407 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2409 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2412 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2413 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2414 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2415 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2417 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2418 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2420 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2421 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2425 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2426 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2430 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2431 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2432 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2433 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2434 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2436 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2437 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2438 s
->background_width
,
2441 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2443 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2445 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2448 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2449 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2450 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2451 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2452 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2453 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2454 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2459 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2461 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2462 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2463 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2464 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2472 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2474 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2476 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2477 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2479 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2482 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2485 /* Draw the foreground. */
2488 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2489 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2490 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2491 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2492 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2495 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2497 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2499 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2500 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2501 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2505 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2508 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2510 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2512 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2513 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2515 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2516 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2517 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2520 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2522 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2526 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2532 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2534 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2536 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2537 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2538 x
+= background_width
;
2540 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2541 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2545 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2547 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2548 if (width
< background_width
)
2551 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2555 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2559 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2560 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2562 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2568 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2569 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2571 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2573 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2574 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2575 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2576 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2581 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2582 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2584 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2588 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2590 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2591 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2593 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2594 except for header line and mode line. */
2595 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2597 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2600 if (background_width
> 0)
2601 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2604 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2608 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2614 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2619 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2621 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2622 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2623 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2626 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2628 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2632 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2636 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2637 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2638 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2640 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2643 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2645 /* Draw the waves */
2647 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2657 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2662 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2664 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2668 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2669 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2673 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2676 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2678 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2680 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2681 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2682 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2683 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2686 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2688 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2689 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2690 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2691 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2693 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2694 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2695 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2696 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2698 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2699 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2703 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2704 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2706 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2707 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2708 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2709 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2710 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2711 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2714 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2715 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2716 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2717 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2720 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2722 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2723 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2724 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2725 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2726 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2727 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2729 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2731 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2734 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2738 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2742 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2743 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2745 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2746 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2749 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2750 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2751 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2752 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2754 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2755 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2758 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2759 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2760 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2762 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2763 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2770 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2772 /* Draw underline. */
2773 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2775 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2777 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2778 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2782 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2783 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2784 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2785 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2788 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2790 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2793 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2794 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2796 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2797 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2798 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2802 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2803 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2804 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2807 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2808 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2811 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2812 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2813 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2814 specs, and its default is
2816 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2817 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2819 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2820 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2821 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2823 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2825 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2827 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2829 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2830 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2831 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2832 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2833 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2834 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2835 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2836 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2837 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2838 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2839 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2840 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2844 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2845 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2846 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2847 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2848 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2852 /* Draw overline. */
2853 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2855 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2857 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2858 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2863 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2864 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2865 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2867 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2871 /* Draw strike-through. */
2872 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2874 unsigned long h
= 1;
2875 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2877 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2878 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2883 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2884 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2885 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2887 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2891 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2892 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2893 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2897 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2899 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2900 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2901 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2903 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2904 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2905 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2908 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2909 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2910 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2911 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2913 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2914 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2916 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2922 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2924 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2925 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2926 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2928 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2929 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2930 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2933 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2934 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2935 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2936 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2938 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2939 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2941 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2942 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2947 /* Reset clipping. */
2948 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2952 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2955 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2957 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2958 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2959 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2963 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2967 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2973 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2974 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2977 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2979 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2980 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2984 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2987 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2989 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2991 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2992 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2993 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2995 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2996 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2999 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3001 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3002 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3003 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3005 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3006 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3007 redisplay, do it here. */
3008 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3009 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3012 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3019 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3022 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3028 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3029 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3030 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3032 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3033 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3034 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3035 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3037 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3041 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3044 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3045 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3046 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3047 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3048 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3049 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3050 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3051 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3052 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3055 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3056 pixels into background pixels. */
3060 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3061 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3062 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3064 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3065 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3069 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3070 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3071 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3072 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3073 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3074 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3075 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3079 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3080 edge it is next to. */
3081 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3083 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3084 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3087 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3088 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3095 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3097 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3098 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3100 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3102 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3103 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3104 width
, flash_height
);
3105 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3107 (height
- flash_height
3108 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3109 width
, flash_height
);
3113 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3114 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3115 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3116 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3121 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3122 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3124 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3126 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3128 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3131 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3132 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3135 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3136 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3138 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3139 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3143 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3144 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3146 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3148 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3149 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3150 width
, flash_height
);
3151 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3153 (height
- flash_height
3154 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3155 width
, flash_height
);
3158 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3159 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3160 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3161 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3167 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3169 #undef XFillRectangle
3171 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3182 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3187 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3188 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3189 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3192 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3193 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3194 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3199 /* Make audible bell. */
3202 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3204 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3212 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3214 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3216 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3223 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3224 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3225 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3226 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3229 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3231 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3236 /***********************************************************************
3238 ***********************************************************************/
3240 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3241 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3244 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3250 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3253 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3255 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3256 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3258 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3259 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3261 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3263 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3264 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3265 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3266 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3267 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3268 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3269 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3270 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3272 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3276 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3277 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3278 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3280 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3282 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3283 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3285 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3286 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3291 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3292 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3293 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3297 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3298 line at the bottom. */
3299 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3300 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3302 height
= run
->height
;
3306 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3308 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3309 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3311 height
= run
->height
;
3316 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3319 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3320 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3321 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3331 /***********************************************************************
3333 ***********************************************************************/
3337 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3339 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3340 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3341 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3342 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3344 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3345 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3346 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3347 because of this (bug#9310). */
3348 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3349 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3350 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3351 x_uncatch_errors ();
3353 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3354 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3358 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3360 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3361 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3362 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3363 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3365 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3366 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3367 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3368 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3369 x_uncatch_errors ();
3371 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3372 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3375 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3376 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3377 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3378 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3379 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3382 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3384 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3386 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3388 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3389 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3390 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3392 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3393 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3395 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3396 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3398 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3401 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3404 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3405 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3406 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3409 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3411 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3413 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3415 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3416 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3418 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3419 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3420 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3421 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3422 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3423 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3425 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3426 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3429 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3432 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3433 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3436 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3438 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3440 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3442 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3443 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3445 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3446 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3450 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3451 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3453 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3454 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3458 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3459 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3461 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3464 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3466 struct frame
*frame
;
3468 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3472 switch (event
->type
)
3477 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3479 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3481 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3482 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3483 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3484 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3486 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3492 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3493 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3494 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3495 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3499 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3501 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3502 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3503 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3510 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3511 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3514 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3516 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3520 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3521 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3522 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3524 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3525 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3526 the appropriate X display info. */
3529 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3531 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3535 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3537 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3539 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3541 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3542 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3543 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3544 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3545 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3547 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3548 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3552 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3554 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3557 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3558 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3559 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3565 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3567 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3569 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3571 int min_code
, max_code
;
3574 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3576 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3577 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3578 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3579 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3580 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3582 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3584 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3585 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3587 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3589 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3590 Alt keysyms are on. */
3592 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3593 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3595 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3597 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3598 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3600 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3602 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3606 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3610 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3612 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3618 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3619 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3624 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3625 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3630 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3631 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3632 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3633 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3638 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3639 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3640 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3641 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3645 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3646 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3647 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3648 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3649 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3658 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3659 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3661 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3662 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3665 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3666 make them just meta, not alt. */
3667 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3669 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3673 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3676 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3680 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3682 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3683 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3684 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3685 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3688 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3689 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3690 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3691 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3692 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3693 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3694 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3695 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3697 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3698 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3699 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3700 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3701 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3702 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3706 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3708 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3709 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3710 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3711 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3715 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3716 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3717 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3718 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3719 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3720 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3721 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3722 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3725 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3726 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3727 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3728 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3729 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3730 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3733 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3736 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3741 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3749 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3751 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3753 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3757 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3759 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3761 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3762 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3763 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3764 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3766 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3770 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3771 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3772 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3778 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3779 The input handler calls this.
3781 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3782 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3783 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3784 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3786 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3787 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3790 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3792 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3793 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3794 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3796 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3799 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3801 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3802 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3803 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3804 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3809 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3810 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3811 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3812 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3813 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3814 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3816 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3817 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3818 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3819 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3820 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3821 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3829 /************************************************************************
3831 ************************************************************************/
3834 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3836 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3837 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3838 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3839 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3840 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3845 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3846 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3848 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3849 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3850 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3851 position on the scroll bar.
3853 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3854 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3857 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3858 was at this position.
3860 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3862 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3866 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3867 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3874 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3875 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3881 Window dummy_window
;
3884 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3886 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3887 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3888 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3889 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3890 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3892 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3894 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3895 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3896 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3898 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3901 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3902 a different screen. */
3905 /* The position on that root window. */
3908 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3911 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3913 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3915 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3916 containing the pointer. */
3920 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3924 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3925 structure is changing at the same time this function
3926 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3928 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3930 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3931 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3933 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3934 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3935 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3937 /* From-window, to-window. */
3938 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3940 /* From-position, to-position. */
3941 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3945 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3951 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3953 /* From-window, to-window. */
3956 /* From-position, to-position. */
3957 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3962 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3965 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3966 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3967 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3968 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3969 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3977 /* Now we know that:
3978 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3979 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3980 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3981 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3982 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3983 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3984 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3985 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3986 never use them in that case.) */
3989 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3990 want the edit window. */
3991 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3993 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3994 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3997 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3998 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4001 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4002 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4004 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4007 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4010 x_uncatch_errors ();
4012 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4015 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4017 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4021 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4027 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4028 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4032 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4033 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4034 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4035 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4036 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4037 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4038 the frame are divided into. */
4040 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4041 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4046 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4047 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4048 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4058 /***********************************************************************
4060 ***********************************************************************/
4062 /* Scroll bar support. */
4064 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4066 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4069 static struct scroll_bar
*
4070 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4072 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4074 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4075 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4076 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4078 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4080 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4082 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4085 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4087 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4088 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4089 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4090 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4091 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4094 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4095 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4096 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4097 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4104 #if defined USE_LUCID
4106 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4107 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4110 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4112 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4114 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4115 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4117 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4119 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4125 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4128 /************************************************************************
4130 ************************************************************************/
4132 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4134 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4135 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4136 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4137 struct scroll_bar
*);
4138 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4142 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4143 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4145 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4147 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4149 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4151 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4152 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4155 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4157 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4159 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4161 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4162 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4163 to avoid jerkiness. */
4165 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4167 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4168 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4169 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4170 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4173 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4174 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4177 const char *end_action
;
4180 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4181 end_action
= "Release";
4182 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4183 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4184 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4185 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4188 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4189 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4193 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4194 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4195 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4197 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4199 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4200 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4201 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4203 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4204 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4206 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4207 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4210 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4212 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4213 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4215 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4216 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4219 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4220 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4221 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4222 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4225 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4228 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4229 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4230 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4235 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4236 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4237 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4238 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4239 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4242 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4243 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4244 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4245 into that array in the event. */
4246 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4247 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4250 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4252 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4253 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4255 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4256 scroll_bar_windows
=
4257 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4258 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4259 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4260 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4263 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4264 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4265 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4266 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4267 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4268 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4270 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4271 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4272 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4273 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4276 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4277 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4278 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4279 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4284 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4288 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4290 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4294 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4295 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4297 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4299 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4300 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4303 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4306 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4308 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4309 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4310 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4311 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4312 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4318 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4320 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4323 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4324 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4325 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4328 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4330 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4331 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4332 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4336 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4337 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4338 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4341 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4342 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4343 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4346 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4347 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4348 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4351 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4352 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4353 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4357 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4358 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4361 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4362 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4363 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4370 /* Get the slider size. */
4372 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4375 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4376 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4377 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4378 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4382 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4388 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4389 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4390 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4394 #elif defined USE_GTK
4396 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4397 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4400 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4401 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4405 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4407 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4408 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4409 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4411 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4412 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4417 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4418 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4419 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4420 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4422 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4423 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4424 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4425 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4426 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4429 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4430 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4431 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4433 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4434 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4435 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4437 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4438 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4439 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4441 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4442 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4443 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4449 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4450 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4451 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4457 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4460 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4461 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4464 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4465 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4466 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4468 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4469 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4470 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4477 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4479 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4480 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4481 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4485 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4487 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4488 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4489 float top
= *top_addr
;
4491 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4494 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4496 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4500 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4502 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4503 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4504 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4505 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4506 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4508 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4510 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4512 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4513 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4514 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4515 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4519 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4520 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4521 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4522 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4523 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4524 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4525 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4528 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4530 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4531 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4532 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4536 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4538 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4541 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4542 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4544 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4545 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4546 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4547 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4549 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4551 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4552 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4553 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4554 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4557 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4559 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4561 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4562 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4566 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4568 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4571 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4572 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4577 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4580 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4586 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4587 unsigned long pixel
;
4592 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4593 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4594 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4595 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4596 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4597 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4599 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4601 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4608 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4611 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4615 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4616 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4618 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4619 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4621 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4623 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4625 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4627 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4629 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4631 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4634 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4635 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4637 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4638 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4639 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4640 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4642 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4644 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4645 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4646 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4647 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4649 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4650 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4651 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4653 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4656 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4660 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4667 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4669 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4670 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4672 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4675 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4676 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4677 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4679 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4682 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4684 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4687 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4688 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4689 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4691 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4695 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4696 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4697 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4698 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4699 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4700 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4701 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4704 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4705 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4709 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4710 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4711 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4713 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4715 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4718 /* Specify the colors. */
4719 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4722 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4725 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4728 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4734 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4735 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4738 char const *initial
= "";
4739 char const *val
= initial
;
4740 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4741 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4742 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4744 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4745 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4746 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4747 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4748 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4749 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4753 /* Define callbacks. */
4754 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4755 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4758 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4759 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4761 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4763 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4764 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4765 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4766 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4768 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4769 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4770 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4771 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4775 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4778 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4779 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4783 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4785 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4788 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4790 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4793 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4794 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4801 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4803 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4804 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4805 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4806 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4807 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4808 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4809 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4810 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4811 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4812 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4813 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4814 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4815 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4816 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4824 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4825 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4828 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4832 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4833 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4835 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4837 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4838 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4839 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4841 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4843 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4849 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4850 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4854 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4856 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4857 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4858 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4862 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4863 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4864 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4867 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4868 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4870 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4871 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4872 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4873 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4875 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4876 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4879 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4880 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4881 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4883 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4887 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4891 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4893 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4897 /************************************************************************
4898 Scroll bars, general
4899 ************************************************************************/
4901 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4902 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4903 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4906 static struct scroll_bar
*
4907 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4909 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4910 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4911 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4916 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4917 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4918 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4920 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4924 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4925 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4926 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4928 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4929 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4931 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4933 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4935 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4936 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4937 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4938 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4939 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4941 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4943 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4944 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4945 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4947 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4949 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4956 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4958 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4960 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4964 bar
->height
= height
;
4967 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4968 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4970 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4971 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4973 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4974 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4975 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4976 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4978 /* Map the window/widget. */
4979 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4982 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4985 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4986 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4988 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4989 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4990 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4991 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4993 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4994 max (height
, 1), 0);
4995 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4996 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4998 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4999 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5000 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5007 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5009 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5011 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5012 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5013 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5016 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5017 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5018 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5019 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5020 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5023 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5025 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5026 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5027 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5028 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5030 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5032 && start
== bar
->start
5039 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5040 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5041 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5043 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5044 the distance between start and end. */
5046 int length
= end
- start
;
5050 else if (start
> top_range
)
5052 end
= start
+ length
;
5056 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5060 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5064 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5065 if (end
> top_range
)
5068 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5069 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5070 that many pixels tall. */
5071 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5073 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5074 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5076 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5077 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5078 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5079 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5080 inside_width
, start
,
5083 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5084 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5085 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5086 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5088 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5089 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5090 /* x, y, width, height */
5091 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5092 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5093 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5095 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5096 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5097 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5098 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5100 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5101 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5102 if (end
< inside_height
)
5103 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5104 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5105 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5106 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5107 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5115 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5117 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5121 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5123 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5128 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5129 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5130 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5131 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5133 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5136 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5137 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5143 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5144 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5145 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5149 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5151 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5153 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5154 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5155 int window_y
, window_height
;
5156 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5157 bool fringe_extended_p
;
5160 /* Get window dimensions. */
5161 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5163 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5164 height
= window_height
;
5166 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5167 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5169 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5170 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5171 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5172 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5176 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5177 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5178 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5179 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5181 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5183 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5184 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5189 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5190 fringe_extended_p
= WINDOW_FRINGE_EXTENDED_P (w
);
5193 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5194 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5196 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5199 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5200 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5201 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5202 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5205 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5206 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5210 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5214 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5215 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5217 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5221 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5223 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5225 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5227 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5230 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5232 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5233 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5235 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5236 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5237 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5239 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5240 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5241 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5243 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5244 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5247 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5250 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5251 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5253 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5254 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5255 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5257 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5258 max (height
, 1), 0);
5259 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5261 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5263 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5264 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5265 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5267 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5268 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5270 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5271 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5272 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5276 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5277 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5278 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5281 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5282 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5283 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5285 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5286 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5287 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5288 rest
, height
, False
);
5290 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5291 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5295 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5300 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5302 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5304 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5308 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5310 /* Remember new settings. */
5311 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5313 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5314 bar
->height
= height
;
5319 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5320 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5322 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5323 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5324 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5326 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5328 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5331 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5334 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5335 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5336 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5339 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5341 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5342 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5346 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5347 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5348 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5349 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5350 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5351 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5352 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5354 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5355 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5356 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5359 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5361 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5362 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5365 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5366 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5367 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5368 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5369 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5370 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5371 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5376 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5377 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5380 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5382 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5386 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5387 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5390 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5392 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5393 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5394 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5396 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5398 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5399 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5401 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5402 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5403 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5405 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5406 one or the other! */
5410 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5412 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5413 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5415 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5417 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5418 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5419 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5420 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5423 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5424 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5427 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5429 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5431 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5433 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5434 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5435 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5437 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5439 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5441 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5444 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5447 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5448 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5452 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5453 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5454 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5456 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5460 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5462 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5463 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5464 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5465 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5469 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5471 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5472 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5473 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5474 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5476 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5477 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5479 /* x, y, width, height */
5481 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5484 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5485 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5486 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5487 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5492 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5494 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5495 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5497 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5502 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5504 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5507 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5508 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5509 emacs_event
->modifiers
5510 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5511 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5512 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5513 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5516 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5517 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5518 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5521 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5522 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5525 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5528 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5529 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5530 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5532 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5534 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5535 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5536 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5537 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5539 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5540 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5542 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5543 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5547 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5548 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5552 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5554 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5556 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5560 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5562 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5564 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5567 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5569 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5570 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5572 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5573 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5575 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5577 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5579 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5584 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5586 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5587 on the scroll bar. */
5590 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5591 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5592 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5594 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5595 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5596 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5598 Window dummy_window
;
5600 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5604 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5606 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5608 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5609 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5610 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5612 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5615 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5621 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5623 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5625 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5626 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5630 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5634 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5636 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5637 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5638 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5639 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5640 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5641 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5643 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5645 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5646 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5649 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5652 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5658 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5659 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5660 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5664 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5666 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5669 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5670 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5671 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5672 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5673 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5674 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5675 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5676 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5678 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5682 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5684 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5685 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5686 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5687 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5689 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5690 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5692 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5694 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5695 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5697 static int temp_index
;
5698 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5700 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5701 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5703 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5705 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5706 on a particular display. */
5708 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5710 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5711 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5712 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5713 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5715 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5717 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5718 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5721 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5722 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5723 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5724 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5725 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5726 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5738 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5739 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5740 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5742 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5744 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5748 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5750 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5751 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5752 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5755 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5756 event
->xclient
.window
);
5758 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5763 static int current_count
;
5764 static int current_finish
;
5765 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5767 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5768 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5769 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5770 static GdkFilterReturn
5771 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5773 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5776 if (current_count
>= 0)
5778 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5780 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5783 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5784 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5785 so we do it here. */
5786 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5788 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5791 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5796 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5799 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5803 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5807 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5808 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5810 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5812 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5815 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5816 enum xembed_message
,
5817 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5819 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5821 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5822 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5823 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5825 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5828 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5829 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5832 struct input_event ie
;
5833 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5837 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5838 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5839 struct coding_system coding
;
5840 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5841 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5844 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5846 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5847 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5850 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5851 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5857 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5858 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5859 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5861 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5862 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5864 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5865 could be the shell widget window
5866 if the frame has no title bar. */
5867 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5869 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5870 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5871 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5873 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5874 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5875 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5876 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5877 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5880 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5881 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5882 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5883 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5886 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5887 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5888 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5891 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5892 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5893 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5895 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5896 /* The ICCCM says this is
5897 the only valid choice. */
5899 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5900 /* This is needed to detect the error
5901 if there is an error. */
5903 x_uncatch_errors ();
5905 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5910 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5911 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5913 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5914 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5915 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5916 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5917 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5918 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5919 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5920 session manager and one for this. */
5922 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5925 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5926 event
.xclient
.window
);
5927 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5928 for a single Emacs process. */
5929 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5930 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5931 event
.xclient
.window
,
5932 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5934 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5935 event
.xclient
.window
,
5941 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5942 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5944 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5945 event
.xclient
.window
);
5947 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5949 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5950 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5957 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5958 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5963 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5964 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5967 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5969 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5970 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5974 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5981 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5982 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5984 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5986 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5990 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5992 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5993 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5994 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5995 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5997 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5998 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5999 currently never do because we are interested in
6000 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6001 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6002 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6005 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6006 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6010 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6011 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6012 we construct an input_event. */
6013 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6014 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6016 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6017 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6020 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6022 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6023 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6024 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6026 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6027 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6028 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6030 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6034 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6036 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6039 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6040 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6044 case SelectionNotify
:
6045 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6046 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6047 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6049 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6050 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6053 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6054 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6055 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6056 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6058 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6060 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6062 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6063 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6064 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6065 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6069 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6070 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6071 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6072 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6074 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6076 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6078 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6079 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6080 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6081 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6082 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6083 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6084 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6088 case PropertyNotify
:
6089 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6090 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6091 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6092 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
)
6093 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6094 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6096 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6097 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6098 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6099 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6100 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6101 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6102 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6103 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6104 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6107 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6108 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6111 case ReparentNotify
:
6112 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6116 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6117 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6121 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6122 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6123 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6125 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6130 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6134 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6135 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6136 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6137 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6138 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6141 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6143 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6144 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6145 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6146 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6150 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6151 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6155 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6156 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6158 #if defined USE_LUCID
6159 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6160 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6161 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6164 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6166 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6168 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6170 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6171 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6173 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6174 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6175 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6178 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6179 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6182 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6183 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6187 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6188 source area was obscured or not
6190 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6194 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6195 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6196 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6198 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6201 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6204 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6205 source area was completely
6210 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6211 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6214 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6217 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6218 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6219 the frame was deleted. */
6221 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6222 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6223 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6224 display that won't ever be seen. */
6225 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6226 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6227 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6228 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6229 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6230 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6231 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6232 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6234 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6235 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6236 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6242 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6243 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6244 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6247 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6248 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6249 frame is visible. */
6250 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6253 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6254 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6255 the frame's display structures.
6256 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6257 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6258 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6259 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6261 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6263 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6264 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6265 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6266 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6268 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6269 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6270 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6274 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6275 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6277 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6278 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6279 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6280 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6283 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6290 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6291 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6293 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6294 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6295 if (popup_activated ())
6299 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6301 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6302 mouse highlighting. */
6303 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6305 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6307 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6308 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6311 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6314 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6315 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6316 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6318 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6320 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6321 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6324 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6328 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6329 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6330 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6333 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6334 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6335 status_return even if the input is too long to
6336 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6337 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6338 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6339 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6340 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6341 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6342 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6344 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6348 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6349 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6350 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6352 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6356 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6357 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6358 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6360 /* This will have to go some day... */
6362 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6363 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6364 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6365 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6366 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6367 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6368 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6370 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6371 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6372 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6373 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6374 not it is combined with Meta. */
6375 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6376 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6381 Status status_return
;
6383 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6384 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6385 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6386 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6388 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6390 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6391 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6392 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6393 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6394 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6397 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6398 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6400 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6405 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6406 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6410 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6411 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6414 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6415 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6419 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6420 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6421 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6424 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6425 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6427 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6428 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6430 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6431 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6433 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6434 translations to characters. */
6435 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6436 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6438 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6439 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6443 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6444 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6446 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6447 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6449 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6450 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6454 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6455 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6456 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6461 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6462 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6463 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6464 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6468 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6469 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6470 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6471 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6472 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6473 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6475 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6476 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6478 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6479 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6480 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6481 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6482 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6484 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6485 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6487 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6488 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6490 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6491 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6493 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6494 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6496 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6497 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6499 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6500 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6502 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6503 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6505 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6506 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6508 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6509 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6511 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6512 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6517 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6518 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6520 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6521 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6523 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6524 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6525 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6526 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6527 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6528 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6529 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6530 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6531 don't have real modifiers but
6532 should be treated similarly to
6533 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6534 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6535 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6536 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6540 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6541 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6543 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6544 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6548 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6552 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6554 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6556 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6559 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6561 /* Decode the input data. */
6563 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6564 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6565 we used just above and the locale. */
6566 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6567 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6568 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6569 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6570 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6571 gives us composition information. */
6572 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6574 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6576 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6577 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6578 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6579 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6580 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6581 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6584 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6585 character events. */
6586 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6589 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6590 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6592 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6593 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6594 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6595 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6597 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6602 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6604 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6610 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6611 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6619 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6621 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6622 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6630 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6631 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6633 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6635 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6636 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6638 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6639 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6640 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6641 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6643 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6644 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6645 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6646 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6651 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6655 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6656 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6658 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6661 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6663 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6664 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6665 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6666 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6669 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6670 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6671 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6672 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6673 if (any_help_event_p
)
6677 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6678 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6679 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6684 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6689 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6690 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6691 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6693 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6694 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6695 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6697 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6699 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6701 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6702 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6706 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6712 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6713 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6714 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6718 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6719 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6722 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6723 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6724 will be selected only when it is active. */
6725 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6726 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6727 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6728 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6729 create event iff we don't leave the
6731 && (focus_follows_mouse
6732 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6733 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6735 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6736 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6741 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6742 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6746 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6747 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6748 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6749 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6752 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6753 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6755 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6756 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6757 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6760 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6761 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6762 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6763 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6768 case ConfigureNotify
:
6769 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6772 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6773 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6775 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6776 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6782 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6784 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6785 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6787 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6788 is called by the code that handles resizing
6789 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6791 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6792 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6793 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6794 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6795 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6796 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6797 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6799 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6800 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6801 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6804 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6805 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6806 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6810 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6811 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6812 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6813 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6816 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6820 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6821 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6830 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6831 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6832 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6834 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6835 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6836 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6838 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6840 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6841 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6843 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6846 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6851 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6852 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6853 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6856 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6857 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6859 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6860 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6862 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6864 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6865 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6866 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6867 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6872 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6873 if (! popup_activated ())
6876 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6878 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6879 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6881 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6882 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6884 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6885 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6888 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6890 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6891 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6892 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6896 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6897 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6898 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6900 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6901 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6903 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6905 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6906 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6908 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6910 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6911 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6914 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6916 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6917 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6920 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6923 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6925 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6926 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6927 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6931 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6932 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6933 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6934 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6935 Instead, save it away
6936 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6937 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6938 if (! popup_activated ()
6940 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6941 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6943 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6944 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6945 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6946 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6947 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6948 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6949 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6950 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6952 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6953 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6957 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6961 case CirculateNotify
:
6964 case CirculateRequest
:
6967 case VisibilityNotify
:
6971 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6973 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6975 case MappingModifier
:
6976 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6977 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6978 case MappingKeyboard
:
6979 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6984 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6989 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6991 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6992 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6994 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6999 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7001 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7006 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7011 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7017 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7018 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7019 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7023 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7024 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7034 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7036 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7037 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7038 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7040 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7042 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7044 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7045 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7047 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7050 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7057 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7058 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7060 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7061 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7062 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7066 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7069 int event_found
= 0;
7073 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7074 input_signal_count
++;
7076 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7077 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7079 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7080 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7084 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7089 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7092 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7093 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7098 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7099 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7101 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7109 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7110 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7111 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7112 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7114 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7115 from all displays. */
7117 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7119 current_count
= count
;
7120 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7122 gtk_main_iteration ();
7124 count
= current_count
;
7126 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7128 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7131 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7133 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7134 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7137 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7138 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7139 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7141 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7145 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7146 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7148 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7150 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7151 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7155 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7157 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7158 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7160 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7161 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7172 /***********************************************************************
7174 ***********************************************************************/
7176 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7177 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7179 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7180 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7181 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7184 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7186 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7187 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7188 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7190 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7192 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7193 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7194 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7195 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7196 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7198 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7202 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7205 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7207 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7208 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7209 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7212 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7215 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7216 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7217 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7218 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7221 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7222 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7223 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7225 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7226 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7227 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7228 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7229 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7231 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7232 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7233 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7235 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7236 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7237 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7238 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7242 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7244 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7245 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7246 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7250 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7252 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7253 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7255 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7256 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7258 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7259 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7262 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7263 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7264 the bar might not be in the window. */
7265 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7267 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7268 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7269 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7273 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7274 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7275 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7276 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7277 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7280 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7281 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7282 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7283 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7284 that the glyph is legible. */
7285 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7286 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7288 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7289 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7292 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7295 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7296 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7299 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7301 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7303 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7306 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7307 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7309 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7311 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7312 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7313 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7314 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7316 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7317 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7318 width
, row
->height
);
7322 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7325 width
= row
->height
;
7327 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7329 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7330 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7332 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7333 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7334 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7335 row
->height
- width
),
7336 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7339 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7344 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7347 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7349 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7350 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7351 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7352 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7356 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7359 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7361 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7362 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7364 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7365 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7366 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7371 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7374 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7375 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7376 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7378 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7382 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7383 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7385 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7386 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7387 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7388 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7390 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7391 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7395 switch (cursor_type
)
7397 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7398 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7401 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7402 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7406 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7410 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7414 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7423 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7424 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7425 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7430 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7437 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7440 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7442 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7444 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7447 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7448 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7449 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7450 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7455 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7456 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7457 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7459 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7460 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7461 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7465 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7466 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7472 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7473 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7476 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7478 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7480 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7484 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7487 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7488 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7492 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7493 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7497 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7498 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7499 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7500 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7501 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7503 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7506 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7507 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7513 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7514 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7517 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7519 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7524 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7525 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7527 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7528 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7531 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7532 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7533 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7534 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7539 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7541 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7542 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7544 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7545 be called from a signal handler.
7548 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7549 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7551 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7553 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7555 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7556 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7557 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7560 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7562 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7563 x_error_message
->string
,
7564 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7567 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7568 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7571 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7572 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7573 stored in *x_error_message.
7575 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7576 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7578 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7581 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7583 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7585 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7589 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7590 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7591 x_error_message
= data
;
7594 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7595 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7598 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7600 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7604 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7605 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7606 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7607 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7609 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7610 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7615 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7616 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7617 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7620 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7622 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7625 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7627 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7628 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7629 x_uncatch_errors ();
7630 error (format
, string
);
7634 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7635 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7638 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7640 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7643 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7646 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7649 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7651 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7654 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7655 * idea. --lorentey */
7656 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7659 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7661 while (x_error_message
)
7662 x_uncatch_errors ();
7667 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7670 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7675 /************************************************************************
7677 ************************************************************************/
7679 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7681 static char *error_msg
;
7683 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7684 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7687 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7689 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7690 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7691 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7693 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7694 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7696 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7697 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7701 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7703 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7704 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7707 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7708 that are on the dead display. */
7709 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7711 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7713 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7714 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7715 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7716 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7717 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7718 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7721 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7722 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7723 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7724 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7725 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7726 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7728 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7729 trying to find a replacement. */
7730 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7731 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7734 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7735 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7738 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7739 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7740 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7742 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7743 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7744 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7745 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7746 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7747 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7748 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7749 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7750 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7753 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7755 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7756 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7758 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7759 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7760 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7761 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7766 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7767 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7771 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7773 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7774 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7778 totally_unblock_input ();
7780 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7781 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7783 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7784 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7786 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7787 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7788 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7789 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7792 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7793 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7794 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7796 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7797 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7800 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7802 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7803 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7804 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7810 if (x_error_message
)
7811 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7813 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7817 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7818 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7819 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7821 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7823 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7824 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7826 static void NO_INLINE
7827 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7829 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7831 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7832 or colors that are not defined. */
7834 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7837 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7838 original error handler. */
7840 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7841 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7842 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7843 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7847 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7848 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7849 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7852 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7856 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7857 DisplayString (display
));
7858 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7862 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7864 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7865 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7866 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7870 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7872 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7875 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7876 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7877 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7878 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7882 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7883 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7884 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7885 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7887 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7889 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7890 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7892 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7893 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7894 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7898 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7899 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7902 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7904 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7905 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7906 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7907 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7908 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7913 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7916 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7925 /***********************************************************************
7927 ***********************************************************************/
7933 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7934 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7935 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7938 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7940 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7941 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7945 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7946 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7948 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7949 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7951 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7952 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7956 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7957 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7958 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7962 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7965 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7966 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7969 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7970 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7973 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7981 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7982 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7989 XIMCallback destroy
;
7992 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7993 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7996 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7997 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7998 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8004 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8005 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8009 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8011 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8012 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8013 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8014 when the callback was registered. */
8017 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8019 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8020 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8022 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8026 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8028 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8029 as they have no XIC. */
8030 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8032 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8035 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8037 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8040 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8041 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8043 create_frame_xic (f
);
8044 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8045 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8046 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8048 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8049 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8058 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8061 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8062 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8063 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8064 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8067 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8069 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8073 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8074 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8076 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8077 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8078 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8079 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8080 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8081 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8082 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8083 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8084 least, hence the configure test. */
8085 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8086 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8087 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8088 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8090 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8094 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8097 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8102 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8103 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8104 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8106 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8107 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8108 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8109 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8110 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8111 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8112 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8113 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8115 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8118 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8122 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8123 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8126 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8128 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8130 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8131 is already for the top-left corner. */
8132 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8135 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8136 position that fits on the screen. */
8137 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8138 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8139 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8142 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8144 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8145 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8146 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8148 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8149 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8150 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8151 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8154 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8155 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8157 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8160 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8161 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8162 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8165 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8166 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8167 so the flags should correspond. */
8168 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8171 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8172 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8173 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8174 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8175 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8178 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8180 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8182 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8184 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8185 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8189 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8191 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8193 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8194 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8196 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8199 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8201 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8202 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8204 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8206 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8207 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8208 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8209 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8210 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8213 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8214 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8216 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8217 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8220 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8221 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8222 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8223 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8226 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8227 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8228 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8230 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8231 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8232 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8233 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8234 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8235 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8240 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8241 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8242 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8243 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8244 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8247 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8250 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8251 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8252 Window wmcheck_window
;
8253 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8254 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8255 long max_len
= 65536;
8256 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8257 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8258 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8262 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8263 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8264 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8265 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8266 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8267 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8269 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8271 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8272 x_uncatch_errors ();
8277 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8280 /* Check if window exists. */
8281 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8283 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8285 x_uncatch_errors ();
8290 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8292 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8293 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8294 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8295 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8296 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8297 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8299 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8301 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8302 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8303 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8304 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8305 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8307 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8309 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8310 x_uncatch_errors ();
8315 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8316 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8317 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8322 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8323 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8325 x_uncatch_errors ();
8332 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8334 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8336 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8337 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8339 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8341 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8343 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8345 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8350 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8353 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8355 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8357 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8358 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8361 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8362 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8363 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8365 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8368 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8374 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8375 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8376 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8377 long max_len
= 65536;
8378 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8379 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8380 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8383 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8386 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8387 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8388 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8389 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8390 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8392 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8394 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8395 x_uncatch_errors ();
8397 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8400 x_uncatch_errors ();
8402 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8404 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8405 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8408 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8410 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8412 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8413 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8415 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8417 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8419 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8420 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8422 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8424 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8425 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8426 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8430 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8435 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8438 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8440 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8441 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8444 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8446 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8447 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8449 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8451 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8455 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8457 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8458 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8459 are sent at once. */
8460 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8462 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8463 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8464 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8465 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8466 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8467 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8469 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8470 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8471 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8472 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8473 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8474 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8475 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8477 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8478 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8479 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8480 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8481 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8482 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8483 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8485 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8486 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8487 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8488 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8489 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8491 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8492 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8493 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8495 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8496 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8499 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8503 return have_net_atom
;
8507 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8509 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8512 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8520 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8522 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8525 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8530 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8533 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8536 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8539 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8544 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8545 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8550 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8551 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8553 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8555 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8558 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8559 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8561 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8562 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8563 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8565 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8567 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8568 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8570 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8572 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8573 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8574 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8575 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8576 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8578 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8579 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8581 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8582 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8585 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8590 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8591 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8592 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8593 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8594 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8595 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8596 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8599 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8601 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8603 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8604 window manager window around the frame. */
8606 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8608 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8610 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8615 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8616 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8617 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8619 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8621 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8622 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8624 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8625 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8627 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8630 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8631 frame's position. */
8633 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8637 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8638 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8639 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8640 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8641 of an exact comparison. */
8644 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8648 while (count
++ < 50)
8650 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8652 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8653 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8656 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8657 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8661 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8664 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8665 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8668 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8672 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8673 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8675 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8679 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8681 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8683 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8686 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8687 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8689 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8690 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8692 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8693 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8694 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8695 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8697 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8699 pending_signals
= 1;
8700 totally_unblock_input ();
8701 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8703 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8708 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8709 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8712 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8713 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8714 break; /* Timeout */
8716 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8717 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8721 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8722 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8723 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8724 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8727 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8729 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8731 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8732 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8733 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8735 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8737 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8739 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8740 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8741 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8742 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8744 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8745 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8746 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8747 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8750 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8751 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8752 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8753 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8754 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8756 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8757 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8758 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8759 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8761 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8762 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8763 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8764 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8765 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8767 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8770 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8771 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8772 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8773 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8774 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8777 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8778 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8779 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8785 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8786 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8787 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8788 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8791 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8795 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8799 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8800 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8801 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8802 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8803 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8804 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8805 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8806 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8807 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8808 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8810 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8812 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8813 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8814 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8815 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8816 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8817 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8818 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8822 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8823 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8825 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8826 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8828 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8830 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8832 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8833 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8835 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8836 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8837 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8838 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8839 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8844 /* Mouse warping. */
8847 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8851 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8852 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8854 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8855 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8857 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8858 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8862 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8863 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8867 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8870 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8874 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8875 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8879 /* Raise frame F. */
8882 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8885 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8886 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8887 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8891 /* Lower frame F. */
8894 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8896 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8899 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8900 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8905 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8908 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8910 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8911 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8912 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8913 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8914 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8917 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8920 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8922 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8923 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8925 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8927 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8930 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8931 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8932 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8933 make_number (32), list2i (1, last_user_time
));
8938 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8946 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8948 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8950 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8952 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8955 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8957 unsigned long data
[2];
8958 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8960 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8963 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8964 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8965 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8967 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8970 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8971 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8975 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8976 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8977 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8978 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8979 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8980 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8981 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8982 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8983 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8985 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8986 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8987 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8990 /* Change of visibility. */
8992 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8993 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8994 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8995 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8996 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8997 finishes with it. */
9000 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9003 int original_top
, original_left
;
9004 int retry_count
= 2;
9010 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9012 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9014 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9016 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9017 call x_set_offset a second time
9018 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9019 before the window gets really visible. */
9020 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9021 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9022 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9023 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9025 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9027 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9028 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9029 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9030 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9031 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9034 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9035 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9037 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9039 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9040 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9042 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9043 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9045 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9046 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9047 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9050 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9052 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9053 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9054 so that incoming events are handled. */
9058 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9059 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9060 will set it when they are handled. */
9061 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9063 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9064 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9066 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9069 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9071 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9072 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9073 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9074 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9076 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9077 because the window manager may choose the position
9078 and we don't want to override it. */
9080 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9081 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9082 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9083 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9084 && previously_visible
)
9088 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9092 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9093 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9094 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9095 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9096 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9097 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9098 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9099 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9100 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9102 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9103 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9104 original_left
, original_top
);
9109 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9111 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9112 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9113 MapNotify at all.. */
9114 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9115 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9117 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9120 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9121 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9122 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9123 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9124 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9126 if (input_polling_used ())
9128 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9129 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9130 handler reset it. */
9131 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9132 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9133 poll_for_input_1 ();
9134 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9140 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9144 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9145 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9146 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9147 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9149 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9154 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9156 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9159 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9163 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9164 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9166 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9167 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9168 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9172 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9173 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9174 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9175 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9176 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9177 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9180 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9181 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9184 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9185 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9190 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9191 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9194 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9198 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9199 just by the event that we get from the server.
9200 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9201 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9202 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9203 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9204 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9211 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9214 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9216 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9221 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9222 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9223 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9225 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9230 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9232 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9234 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9235 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9237 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9238 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9240 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9241 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9242 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9248 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9250 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9252 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9253 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9254 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9255 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9256 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9257 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9258 so we have to record it here. */
9259 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9260 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9265 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9266 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9267 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9271 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9273 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9274 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9277 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9279 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9281 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9282 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9283 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9284 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9285 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9286 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9288 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9289 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9291 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9292 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9296 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9297 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9298 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9299 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9300 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9302 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9303 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9305 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9309 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9313 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9315 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9317 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9319 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9320 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9323 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9324 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9326 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9328 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9332 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9335 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9337 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9338 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9339 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9341 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9346 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9347 commands to the X server. */
9348 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9350 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9351 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9353 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9354 free_frame_faces (f
);
9356 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9357 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9359 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9360 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9361 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9362 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9363 toolkit scroll bars. */
9364 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9366 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9367 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9376 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9377 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9379 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9380 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9382 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9383 we are using a toolkit. */
9384 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9385 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9387 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9388 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9391 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9392 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9394 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9395 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9396 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9398 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9399 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9400 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9401 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9402 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9403 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9405 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9406 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9407 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9408 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9409 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9410 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9411 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9412 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9413 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9414 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9415 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9416 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9417 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9418 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9419 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9423 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9424 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9426 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9427 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9429 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9431 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9432 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9435 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9438 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9439 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9440 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9442 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9443 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9444 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9445 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9446 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9447 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9449 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9451 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9452 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9453 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9454 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9455 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9456 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9463 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9466 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9470 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9471 commands to the X server. */
9472 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9473 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9475 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9479 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9481 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9482 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9483 that the window now has.
9484 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9485 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9486 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9490 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9492 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9493 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9495 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9496 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9498 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9503 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9504 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9506 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9507 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9509 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9510 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9512 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9513 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9514 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9515 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9516 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9517 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9519 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9521 int base_width
, base_height
;
9522 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9524 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9525 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9527 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9529 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9530 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9531 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9532 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9533 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9535 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9536 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9537 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9539 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9540 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9541 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9542 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9543 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9546 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9549 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9554 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9555 long supplied_return
;
9558 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9562 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9567 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9568 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9569 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9570 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9571 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9572 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9573 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9574 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9581 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9582 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9586 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9587 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9589 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9591 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9593 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9595 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9598 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9600 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9603 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9604 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9605 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9606 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9608 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9609 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9611 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9612 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9616 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9618 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9620 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9621 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9626 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9627 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9628 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9629 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9633 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9641 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9645 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9649 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9650 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9651 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9652 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9655 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9657 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9658 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9660 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9664 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9666 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9668 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9669 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9670 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9672 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9676 /***********************************************************************
9678 ***********************************************************************/
9682 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9686 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9688 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9689 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9690 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9693 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9696 /***********************************************************************
9698 ***********************************************************************/
9700 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9701 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9702 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9703 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9705 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9706 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9707 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9709 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9710 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9711 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9712 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9713 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9714 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9715 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9718 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9720 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9722 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9724 static int x_initialized
;
9726 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9727 the screen number from the server number. */
9729 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9732 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9733 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9734 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9736 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9737 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9738 length_until_period
++;
9740 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9741 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9743 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9745 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9746 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9747 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9748 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9749 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9750 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9751 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9752 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9753 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9754 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9755 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9756 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9757 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9758 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9760 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9764 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9768 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9769 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9772 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9773 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9776 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9797 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9798 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9801 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9803 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9804 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9809 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9810 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9812 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9813 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9817 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9818 the structure that describes the open display.
9819 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9821 struct x_display_info
*
9822 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9826 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9827 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9829 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9840 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9841 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9847 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9848 char **argv2
= argv
;
9851 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9853 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9857 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9858 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9860 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9864 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9866 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9868 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9869 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9872 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9873 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9875 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9877 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9878 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9879 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9881 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9882 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9883 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9884 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9886 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9887 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9888 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9890 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9892 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9895 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9899 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9901 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9902 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9904 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9905 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9907 s
= build_string (file
);
9908 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9910 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9911 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9915 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9916 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9919 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9920 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9921 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9923 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9924 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9925 So let's not use it until R6. */
9927 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9938 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9939 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9941 turn_on_atimers (0);
9942 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9943 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9944 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9946 turn_on_atimers (1);
9949 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9954 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9955 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9956 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9957 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9958 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9960 /* Detect failure. */
9967 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9969 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9970 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9972 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9975 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9978 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9979 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9980 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9981 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9984 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9987 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
9988 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9989 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
9991 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9992 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9993 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9994 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9995 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9997 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9999 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10001 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10002 list of terminals. */
10003 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10004 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10005 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10006 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10008 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10009 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10011 kset_system_key_alist
10013 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10014 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10016 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10017 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10021 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10022 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10023 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10024 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10025 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10027 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10030 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10031 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10032 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10034 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10035 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10036 x_display_name_list
);
10037 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10039 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10041 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10042 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10045 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10048 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10049 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10050 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10051 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10052 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10053 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10054 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10056 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10057 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10059 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10061 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10062 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10063 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10065 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10066 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10068 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10069 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10070 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10071 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10073 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10075 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10077 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10079 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10080 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10081 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10082 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10083 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10084 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10085 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10086 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10087 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10088 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10089 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10090 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10092 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10093 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10095 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10096 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10097 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10098 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10099 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10100 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10103 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10104 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10106 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10109 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10110 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10111 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10113 if (STRINGP (value
)
10114 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10115 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10116 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10120 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10121 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10125 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10126 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10127 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10128 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10129 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10131 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10133 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10134 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10138 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10140 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10141 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10142 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10143 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10144 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10145 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10146 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10147 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10148 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10152 static const struct
10157 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10158 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10178 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10180 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10182 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10183 /* For properties of font. */
10184 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10185 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10186 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10189 /* Ghostscript support. */
10190 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10195 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10196 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10197 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10198 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10199 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10200 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10201 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10202 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10203 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10204 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10205 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10206 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10207 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10208 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10209 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10210 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10211 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10212 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10213 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10214 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10215 /* Session management */
10216 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10217 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10218 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10222 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10223 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10224 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10225 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10226 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10227 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10228 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10229 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10231 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10232 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10234 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10235 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10236 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10237 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10239 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10240 False
, atoms_return
);
10242 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10243 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10245 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10246 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10248 xfree (atom_names
);
10249 xfree (atoms_return
);
10252 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10253 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10254 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10256 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10257 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10259 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10260 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10264 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10267 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10269 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10270 if (connection
!= 0)
10271 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10274 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10275 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10277 if (interrupt_input
)
10278 init_sigio (connection
);
10282 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10285 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10286 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10287 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10288 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10289 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10290 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10291 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10292 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10293 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10295 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10296 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10297 x_uncatch_errors ();
10301 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10302 for debugging X code. */
10305 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10306 build_string ("synchronous"),
10307 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10309 if (STRINGP (value
)
10310 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10311 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10312 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10317 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10318 build_string ("useXIM"),
10319 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10322 if (STRINGP (value
)
10323 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10324 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10327 if (STRINGP (value
)
10328 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10329 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10335 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10336 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10338 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10339 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10347 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10348 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10351 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10353 struct terminal
*t
;
10355 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10357 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10358 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10361 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10362 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10363 x_session_close ();
10365 delete_terminal (t
);
10369 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10371 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10372 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10373 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10374 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10375 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10380 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10381 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10383 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10385 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10388 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10392 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10393 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10395 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10396 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10399 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10401 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10402 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10403 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10406 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10407 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10408 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10412 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10414 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10415 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10416 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10417 that slows us down. */
10420 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10423 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10424 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10426 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10427 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10428 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10429 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10434 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10435 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10436 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10437 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10438 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10439 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10440 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10443 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10446 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10448 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10449 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10450 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10455 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10458 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10460 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10462 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10466 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10468 x_after_update_window_line
,
10469 x_update_window_begin
,
10470 x_update_window_end
,
10476 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10478 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10479 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10480 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10481 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10482 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10483 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10484 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10485 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10486 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10487 x_clear_frame_area
,
10488 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10489 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10490 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10494 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10496 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10498 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10500 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10501 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10502 if (!terminal
->name
)
10507 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10510 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10513 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10514 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10515 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10517 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10518 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10520 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10521 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10522 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10523 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10525 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10526 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10527 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10528 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10529 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10530 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10531 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10532 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10533 leaks in other situations. */
10535 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10536 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10538 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10540 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10541 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10542 closing all the displays. */
10543 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10547 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10549 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10550 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10552 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10554 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10557 /* Mark as dead. */
10558 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10559 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10563 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10564 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10566 static struct terminal
*
10567 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10569 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10571 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10573 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10574 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10575 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10577 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10579 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10580 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10581 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10582 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10583 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10584 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10585 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10586 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10587 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10588 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10589 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10590 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10591 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10592 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10593 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10594 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10595 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10596 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10597 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10598 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10600 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10601 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10603 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10604 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10605 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10606 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10607 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10608 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10615 x_initialize (void)
10620 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10621 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10622 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10625 current_count
= -1;
10628 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10629 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10631 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10632 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10634 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10636 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10637 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10638 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10639 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10640 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10641 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10642 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10644 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10647 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10649 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10650 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10654 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10655 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10656 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10658 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10659 original error handler. */
10660 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10661 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10666 syms_of_xterm (void)
10668 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10670 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10671 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10673 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10674 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10676 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10677 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10680 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10681 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10683 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10686 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10687 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10688 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10689 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10690 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10691 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10692 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10694 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10696 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10697 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10698 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10699 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10700 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10701 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10702 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10704 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10705 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10706 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10707 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10708 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10709 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10710 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10711 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10712 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10714 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10715 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10716 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10717 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10718 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10719 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10720 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10722 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10723 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10724 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10726 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10728 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10731 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10734 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10735 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10737 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10738 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10739 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10740 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10741 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10742 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10743 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10744 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10745 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10747 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10748 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10749 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10750 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10751 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10752 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10754 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10755 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10756 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10757 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10758 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10759 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10761 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10762 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10763 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10764 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10765 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10766 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10768 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10769 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10770 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10771 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10772 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10773 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10775 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10776 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10777 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10778 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10779 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10783 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */